Sema.h revision 4549d7ffc15bdd7ab860aa68db089d9f559b79e7
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
50#include <deque>
51#include <string>
52#include <vector>
53
54namespace llvm {
55  class APSInt;
56  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
57  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
58  class SmallBitVector;
59}
60
61namespace clang {
62  class ADLResult;
63  class ASTConsumer;
64  class ASTContext;
65  class ASTMutationListener;
66  class ASTReader;
67  class ASTWriter;
68  class ArrayType;
69  class AttributeList;
70  class BlockDecl;
71  class CapturedDecl;
72  class CXXBasePath;
73  class CXXBasePaths;
74  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
75  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
76  class CXXConstructorDecl;
77  class CXXConversionDecl;
78  class CXXDestructorDecl;
79  class CXXFieldCollector;
80  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
81  class CXXMethodDecl;
82  class CXXScopeSpec;
83  class CXXTemporary;
84  class CXXTryStmt;
85  class CallExpr;
86  class ClassTemplateDecl;
87  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
88  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
89  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
90  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
91  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
92  class CodeCompletionResult;
93  class Decl;
94  class DeclAccessPair;
95  class DeclContext;
96  class DeclRefExpr;
97  class DeclaratorDecl;
98  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
99  class DependentDiagnostic;
100  class DesignatedInitExpr;
101  class Designation;
102  class EnumConstantDecl;
103  class Expr;
104  class ExtVectorType;
105  class ExternalSemaSource;
106  class FormatAttr;
107  class FriendDecl;
108  class FunctionDecl;
109  class FunctionProtoType;
110  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
111  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
112  class InitListExpr;
113  class InitializationKind;
114  class InitializationSequence;
115  class InitializedEntity;
116  class IntegerLiteral;
117  class LabelStmt;
118  class LambdaExpr;
119  class LangOptions;
120  class LocalInstantiationScope;
121  class LookupResult;
122  class MacroInfo;
123  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
124  class NamedDecl;
125  class NonNullAttr;
126  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
127  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
128  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
129  class ObjCContainerDecl;
130  class ObjCImplDecl;
131  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
132  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
133  class ObjCIvarDecl;
134  template <class T> class ObjCList;
135  class ObjCMessageExpr;
136  class ObjCMethodDecl;
137  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
138  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
139  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
140  class OverloadCandidateSet;
141  class OverloadExpr;
142  class ParenListExpr;
143  class ParmVarDecl;
144  class Preprocessor;
145  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
146  class PseudoObjectExpr;
147  class QualType;
148  class StandardConversionSequence;
149  class Stmt;
150  class StringLiteral;
151  class SwitchStmt;
152  class TargetAttributesSema;
153  class TemplateArgument;
154  class TemplateArgumentList;
155  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
156  class TemplateDecl;
157  class TemplateParameterList;
158  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
159  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
160  class Token;
161  class TypeAliasDecl;
162  class TypedefDecl;
163  class TypedefNameDecl;
164  class TypeLoc;
165  class UnqualifiedId;
166  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
167  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
168  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
169  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
170  class UsingDecl;
171  class UsingShadowDecl;
172  class ValueDecl;
173  class VarDecl;
174  class VisibilityAttr;
175  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
176  class IndirectFieldDecl;
177
178namespace sema {
179  class AccessedEntity;
180  class BlockScopeInfo;
181  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
182  class CapturingScopeInfo;
183  class CompoundScopeInfo;
184  class DelayedDiagnostic;
185  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
186  class FunctionScopeInfo;
187  class LambdaScopeInfo;
188  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
189  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
190}
191
192// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
193// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
194typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
195                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
196
197/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
198class Sema {
199  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
200  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
201  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
202
203  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
204  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
205
206  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
207  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
208
209  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
210
211  static bool
212  shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
213    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
214    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
215    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
216    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
217    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
218    // with internal linkage.
219    return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
220  }
221
222public:
223  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
224  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
225  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
226
227  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
228  FPOptions FPFeatures;
229
230  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
231  Preprocessor &PP;
232  ASTContext &Context;
233  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
234  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
235  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
236
237  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
238  bool CollectStats;
239
240  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
241  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
242
243  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
244  DeclContext *CurContext;
245
246  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
247  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
248  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
249
250  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
251  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
252  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
253
254  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
255  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
256  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
257
258  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
259
260  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
261  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
262
263  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
264  ///
265  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
266  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
267  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
268
269  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
270  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
271  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
272
273  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
274  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
275  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
276  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
277
278  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
279
280  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
281  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
282  ///
283  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
284  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
285  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
286  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
287
288  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
289                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
290    ExtVectorDeclsType;
291
292  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
293  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
294  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
295  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
296
297  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
298  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
299
300  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
301
302  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
303  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
304
305  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
306
307  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
308  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
309  /// same list more than once.
310  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
311
312  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
313  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
314  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
315
316  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
317  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
318  ///
319  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
320  /// scopes, e.g.,
321  ///
322  /// \code
323  /// extern "C" void f() {
324  ///   void foo(int, int);
325  /// }
326  /// \endcode
327  ///
328  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
329  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
330  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
331  ///
332  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
333  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
334  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
335  ///     for compatibility.
336  ///
337  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
338  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
339  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
340  ///     not visible.
341  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
342
343  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
344  NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
345
346  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
347                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
348    TentativeDefinitionsType;
349
350  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
351  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
352
353  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
354                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
355    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
356
357  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
358  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
359  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
360
361  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
362                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
363    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
364
365  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
366  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
367  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
368
369  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
370  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
371  /// exception spec.
372  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
373
374  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
375  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
376  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
377  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
378                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
379      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
380
381  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
382  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
383  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
384  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
385  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
386  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
387  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
388  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
389    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
390
391  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
392  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
393  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
394  void *OpaqueParser;
395
396  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
397    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
398    OpaqueParser = P;
399  }
400
401  class DelayedDiagnostics;
402
403  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
404    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
405    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
406  };
407  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
408  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
409
410  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
411  /// during parsing and other processing.
412  class DelayedDiagnostics {
413    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
414    /// diagnostics should go.
415    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
416
417  public:
418    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
419
420    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
421    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
422
423    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
424    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
425
426    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
427    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
428      return CurPool;
429    }
430
431    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
432    /// collected in this pool.
433    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
434      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
435      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
436      CurPool = &pool;
437      return state;
438    }
439
440    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
441    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
442    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
443    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
444      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
445    }
446
447    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
448    /// not delayed.
449    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
450      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
451      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
452      CurPool = 0;
453      return state;
454    }
455
456    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
457    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
458      assert(CurPool == NULL);
459      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
460    }
461  } DelayedDiagnostics;
462
463  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
464  class ContextRAII {
465  private:
466    Sema &S;
467    DeclContext *SavedContext;
468    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
469    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
470
471  public:
472    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
473      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
474        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
475        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
476    {
477      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
478      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
479    }
480
481    void pop() {
482      if (!SavedContext) return;
483      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
484      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
485      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
486      SavedContext = 0;
487    }
488
489    ~ContextRAII() {
490      pop();
491    }
492  };
493
494  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
495  /// a function body.
496  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
497    Sema &S;
498    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
499
500  public:
501    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
502      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
503    {
504      S.PushFunctionScope();
505      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
506    }
507
508    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
509      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
510      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
511    }
512  };
513
514  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
515  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
516  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
517  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
518
519  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
520  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
521  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
522  /// in the currently selected standard.
523  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
524
525
526  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
527  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
528
529  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
530  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
531  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
532  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
533  /// It would be best to refactor this.
534  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
535
536  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
537
538  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
539  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
540  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
541  Scope *TUScope;
542
543  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
544  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
545
546  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
547  /// standard library.
548  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
549
550  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
551  /// \<initializer_list>.
552  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
553
554  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
555  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
556
557  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
558  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
559
560  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
561  OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
562
563  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
564  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
565
566  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
567  QualType NSNumberPointer;
568
569  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
570  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
571
572  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
573  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
574
575  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
576  QualType NSStringPointer;
577
578  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
579  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
580
581  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
582  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
583
584  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
585  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
586
587  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
588  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
589
590  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
591  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
592
593  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
594  QualType QIDNSCopying;
595
596  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
597  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
598
599  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
600  /// have been declared.
601  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
602
603  /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
604  /// references to fields.  This is really a
605  bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
606
607  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
608  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
609  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
610    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
611    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
612    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
613    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
614    /// run time.
615    Unevaluated,
616
617    /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
618    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
619    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
620    UnevaluatedAbstract,
621
622    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
623    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
624    /// cases in a switch statment).
625    ConstantEvaluated,
626
627    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
628    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
629    /// expression at run time.
630    PotentiallyEvaluated,
631
632    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
633    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
634    /// in fact the current expression is used.
635    ///
636    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
637    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
638    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
639    /// until the default argument is used.
640    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
641  };
642
643  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
644  /// expression evaluation contexts.
645  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
646    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
647    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
648
649    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
650    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
651
652    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
653    bool IsDecltype;
654
655    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
656    /// this expression evaluation context.
657    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
658
659    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
660
661    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
662    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
663    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
664
665    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
666    /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
667    /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
668    Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
669
670    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
671    /// and block literals within this context.
672    ///
673    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
674    /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
675    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
676
677    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
678    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
679    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
680
681    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
682    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
683    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
684
685    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
686                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
687                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
688                                      Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
689                                      bool IsDecltype)
690      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
691        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
692        ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
693
694    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
695    /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
696    MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext() {
697      assert(ManglingContextDecl && "Need to have a context declaration");
698      if (!MangleNumbering)
699        MangleNumbering = new MangleNumberingContext;
700      return *MangleNumbering;
701    }
702
703    bool isUnevaluated() const {
704      return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
705    }
706  };
707
708  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
709  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
710
711  /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
712  /// block literal.
713  ///
714  /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
715  /// block literal.
716  /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
717  /// associated with the context, if relevant.
718  MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
719    DeclContext *DC,
720    Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
721
722
723  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
724  /// function.
725  ///
726  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
727  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
728  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
729  public:
730    enum Kind {
731      NoMemberOrDeleted,
732      Ambiguous,
733      Success
734    };
735
736  private:
737    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
738
739  public:
740    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
741      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
742    {}
743
744    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
745    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
746
747    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
748    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
749  };
750
751  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
752  /// for C++ records.
753  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
754
755  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
756  ///
757  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
758  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
759  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
760  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
761  /// checks.
762  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
763
764  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
765
766  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
767  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
768
769  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
770    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
771
772  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
773  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
774  ///
775  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
776  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
777  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
778  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
779  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
780
781  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
782  // argument locations.
783  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
784
785  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
786  /// definition in this translation unit.
787  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
788
789  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
790  void getUndefinedButUsed(
791    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
792
793  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
794  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
795
796  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
797  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
798  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
799  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
800  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
801  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
802  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
803
804  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
805  /// of -Wselector.
806  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
807
808  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
809  enum CXXSpecialMember {
810    CXXDefaultConstructor,
811    CXXCopyConstructor,
812    CXXMoveConstructor,
813    CXXCopyAssignment,
814    CXXMoveAssignment,
815    CXXDestructor,
816    CXXInvalid
817  };
818
819  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
820
821  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
822  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
823  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
824  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
825
826  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
827
828  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
829  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
830
831  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
832  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
833  /// should not be used elsewhere.
834  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
835
836  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
837  /// statements.
838  class FPContractStateRAII {
839  public:
840    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
841      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
842    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
843      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
844    }
845  private:
846    Sema& S;
847    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
848  };
849
850  typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
851    InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
852
853public:
854  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
855       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
856       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
857  ~Sema();
858
859  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
860  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
861  void Initialize();
862
863  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
864  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
865  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
866
867  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
868  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
869  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
870  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
871  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
872  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
873  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
874  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
875
876  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
877  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
878  ///
879  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
880  ///
881  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
882
883  void PrintStats() const;
884
885  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
886  /// template instantiation stacks.
887  ///
888  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
889  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
890  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
891  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
892  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
893  /// well.
894  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
895    Sema &SemaRef;
896    unsigned DiagID;
897
898  public:
899    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
900      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
901
902    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
903      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
904      if (!isActive()) return;
905
906      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
907      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
908      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
909      //
910      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
911      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
912      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
913      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
914      // eliminate that code.
915      FlushCounts();
916      Clear();
917
918      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
919      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
920    }
921
922    /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
923    template<typename T>
924    friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
925        const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
926      const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
927      BaseDiag << Value;
928      return Diag;
929    }
930  };
931
932  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
933  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
934    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
935    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
936  }
937
938  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
939  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
940
941  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
942  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
943
944  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
945
946  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
947  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
948  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
949
950  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
951  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
952  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
953
954  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
955
956  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
957
958  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
959
960  void PushFunctionScope();
961  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
962  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
963  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
964                               RecordDecl *RD,
965                               CapturedRegionKind K);
966  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
967                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
968
969  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
970    return FunctionScopes.back();
971  }
972
973  template <typename ExprT>
974  void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
975    if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
976      getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
977  }
978
979  void PushCompoundScope();
980  void PopCompoundScope();
981
982  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
983
984  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
985
986  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
987  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
988
989  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
990  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
991
992  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
993  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
994
995  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
996  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
997
998  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
999
1000  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1001  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1002  //
1003
1004  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1005                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
1006  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1007                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
1008  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1009                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1010  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1011                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1012  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1013                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1014                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1015  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1016                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1017
1018  bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1019
1020  /// \brief Build a function type.
1021  ///
1022  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1023  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1024  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1025  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1026  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1027  ///
1028  /// \param T The return type of the function.
1029  ///
1030  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1031  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1032  /// function parameters.
1033  ///
1034  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1035  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1036  /// type that will have function type.
1037  ///
1038  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1039  /// type, if known.
1040  ///
1041  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1042  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1043  ///
1044  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1045  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1046  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1047  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1048                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1049                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1050                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1051
1052  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1053                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1054                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1055  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1056                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1057  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1058  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1059
1060  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1061  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1062  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1063                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1064
1065  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1066  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1067  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1068  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1069  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
1070  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1071  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1072                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1073  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1074  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1075  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1076  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1077      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1078      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1079  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1080      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1081      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1082      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1083      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
1084      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
1085      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1086      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1087  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1088      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1089      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1090      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1091  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1092      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1093      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1094
1095  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1096
1097  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1098  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1099  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1100
1101  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1102  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1103    bool Suppressed;
1104
1105    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1106
1107    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1108    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1109  };
1110
1111  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1112  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1113  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1114  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1115  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1116  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1117  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1118    return II;
1119  }
1120  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1121  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1122  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1123  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1124  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1125  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1126
1127  template<typename T1>
1128  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1129    unsigned DiagID;
1130    const T1 &Arg1;
1131
1132  public:
1133    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1134      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1135    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1136      if (Suppressed) return;
1137      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1138    }
1139
1140    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1141  };
1142
1143  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1144  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1145    unsigned DiagID;
1146    const T1 &Arg1;
1147    const T2 &Arg2;
1148
1149  public:
1150    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1151                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1152      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1153        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1154
1155    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1156      if (Suppressed) return;
1157      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1158    }
1159
1160    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1161  };
1162
1163  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1164  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1165    unsigned DiagID;
1166    const T1 &Arg1;
1167    const T2 &Arg2;
1168    const T3 &Arg3;
1169
1170  public:
1171    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1172                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1173    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1174      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1175
1176    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1177      if (Suppressed) return;
1178      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1179        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1180    }
1181
1182    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1183  };
1184
1185  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1186                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1187  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1188                           unsigned DiagID);
1189
1190  template<typename T1>
1191  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1192                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1193    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1194    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1195  }
1196
1197  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1198  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1199                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1200    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1201    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1202  }
1203
1204  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1205  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1206                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1207                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1208    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1209                                                        Arg3);
1210    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1211  }
1212
1213  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1214  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1215
1216  template<typename T1>
1217  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1218    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1219    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1220  }
1221
1222  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1223  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1224                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1225    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1226    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1227  }
1228
1229  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1230  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1231                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1232    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1233                                                        Arg3);
1234    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1235  }
1236
1237  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1238                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1239  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1240
1241  template<typename T1>
1242  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1243                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1244    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1245    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1246  }
1247
1248  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1249  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1250                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1251    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1252    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1253  }
1254
1255  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1256  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1257                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1258                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1259    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1260                                                        Arg3);
1261    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1262  }
1263
1264  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1265                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1266
1267  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1268  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1269  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1270                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1271                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1272
1273  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1274  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1275  //
1276
1277  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1278  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1279  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1280  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1281  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1282  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1283  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1284  /// such as:
1285  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1286  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1287
1288  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1289
1290  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1291
1292  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1293
1294  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1295                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1296                         bool isClassName = false,
1297                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1298                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1299                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1300                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1301                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1302  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1303  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1304  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1305                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1306                               Scope *S,
1307                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1308                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1309
1310  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1311  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1312  enum NameClassificationKind {
1313    NC_Unknown,
1314    NC_Error,
1315    NC_Keyword,
1316    NC_Type,
1317    NC_Expression,
1318    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1319    NC_TypeTemplate,
1320    NC_FunctionTemplate
1321  };
1322
1323  class NameClassification {
1324    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1325    ExprResult Expr;
1326    TemplateName Template;
1327    ParsedType Type;
1328    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1329
1330    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1331
1332  public:
1333    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1334
1335    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1336
1337    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1338      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1339
1340    static NameClassification Error() {
1341      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1342    }
1343
1344    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1345      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1346    }
1347
1348    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1349      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1350    }
1351
1352    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1353      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1354      Result.Template = Name;
1355      return Result;
1356    }
1357
1358    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1359      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1360      Result.Template = Name;
1361      return Result;
1362    }
1363
1364    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1365
1366    ParsedType getType() const {
1367      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1368      return Type;
1369    }
1370
1371    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1372      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1373      return Expr;
1374    }
1375
1376    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1377      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1378      return Template;
1379    }
1380
1381    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1382      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1383      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1384    }
1385  };
1386
1387  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1388  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1389  ///
1390  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1391  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1392  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1393  ///
1394  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1395  ///
1396  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1397  ///
1398  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1399  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1400  ///
1401  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1402  ///
1403  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1404  /// disambiguate the name.
1405  ///
1406  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1407  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1408  ///        expression.
1409  ///
1410  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1411  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1412                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1413                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1414                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1415                                  const Token &NextToken,
1416                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1417                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1418
1419  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1420
1421  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1422                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1423  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1424  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1425  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1426                                    DeclarationName Name,
1427                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1428  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1429  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1430  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1431  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1432  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1433  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1434                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1435                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1436  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1437                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1438  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1439                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1440                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1441                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1442  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1443  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1444  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1445  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1446  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1447  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1448  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1449  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1450                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1451                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1452                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1453                                     bool &AddToScope);
1454  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1455  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1456
1457  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1458  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1459
1460  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1461  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1462  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1463                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1464                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1465  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1466  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1467  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1468                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1469                                          QualType T);
1470  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1471                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1472                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1473                              StorageClass SC);
1474  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1475                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1476                                 Expr *defarg);
1477  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1478                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1479                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1480  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1481  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1482                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1483
1484  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1485                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1486  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1487  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1488  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1489  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1490  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1491  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1492  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1493                                         ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1494  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1495                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1496
1497  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1498  /// documentation comments.
1499  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1500  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1501
1502  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1503                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1504  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1505  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1506  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1507  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1508  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1509    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1510  }
1511
1512  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1513  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1514  /// code for that function.
1515  ///
1516  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1517  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1518  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1519  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1520
1521  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1522  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1523  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1524  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1525
1526  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1527  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1528  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1529
1530  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1531  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1532  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1533                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1534
1535  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1536  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1537  /// specified threshold.
1538  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1539                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1540                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1541                                              NamedDecl *D);
1542
1543  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1544  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1545                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1546                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1547
1548  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1549  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1550                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1551                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1552
1553  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1554  ///
1555  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1556  ///
1557  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1558  ///
1559  /// \param Path The module access path.
1560  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1561                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1562
1563  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1564  /// source location.
1565  ///
1566  /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
1567  /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
1568  /// the user has forgotten to import.
1569  void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
1570
1571  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1572  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1573    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1574  }
1575
1576  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1577  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1578                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1579
1580  /// Scope actions.
1581  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1582  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1583
1584  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1585                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1586  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1587                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1588                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1589                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1590
1591  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1592                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1593                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1594
1595  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1596                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1597
1598  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1599                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1600                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1601                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1602
1603  enum TagUseKind {
1604    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1605    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1606    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1607    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1608  };
1609
1610  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1611                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1612                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1613                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1614                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1615                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1616                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1617                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1618                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1619
1620  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1621                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1622                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1623                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1624                                AttributeList *Attr,
1625                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1626
1627  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1628                               unsigned TagSpec,
1629                               TagUseKind TUK,
1630                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1631                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1632                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1633                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1634
1635  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1636                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1637                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1638  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1639                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1640
1641  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1642                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1643                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1644                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1645  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1646                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1647                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1648                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1649                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1650                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1651
1652  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1653                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1654                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1655                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1656                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1657                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1658                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1659                            Declarator *D = 0);
1660
1661  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1662  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1663  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1664                              bool Diagnose = false);
1665  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1666  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1667                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1668  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1669                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1670                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1671
1672  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1673  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1674                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1675                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1676                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1677
1678  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1679  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1680  /// struct, or union).
1681  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1682
1683  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1684
1685  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1686  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1687  /// member declarations.
1688  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1689                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1690                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1691
1692  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1693  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1694  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1695                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1696
1697  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1698
1699  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1700  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1701  ///
1702  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1703  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1704  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1705
1706  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1707  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1708  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1709
1710  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1711                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1712                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1713                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1714                                      Expr *val);
1715  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1716  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1717                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1718
1719  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1720                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1721                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1722                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1723  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1724                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1725                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1726                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1727
1728  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1729
1730  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1731  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1732  void PopDeclContext();
1733
1734  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1735  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1736  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1737  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1738
1739  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1740  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1741  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1742
1743  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1744
1745  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1746  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1747  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1748  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1749
1750  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1751  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1752  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1753  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1754
1755  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1756  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1757  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1758  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1759
1760  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1761  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1762
1763  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1764  /// top level scope.
1765  ///
1766  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1767  ///
1768  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1769  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1770
1771  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1772  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1773  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1774  ///
1775  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1776  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1777  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1778  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1779                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1780
1781  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1782  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1783  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1784
1785  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1786  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1787                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1788  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1789
1790  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1791  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1792                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1793                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1794                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1795                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1796                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1797                                          StringRef Message,
1798                                          bool Override,
1799                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1800  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1801                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1802                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1803  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1804                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1805                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1806  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1807                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1808  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1809                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1810  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1811                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg,
1812                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1813  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1814                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1815
1816  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1817  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1818  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1819    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1820    AMK_None,
1821    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1822    /// an exact match.
1823    AMK_Redeclaration,
1824    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1825    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1826    AMK_Override
1827  };
1828
1829  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1830                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1831  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1832  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1833  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1834                                    Scope *S);
1835  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1836  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls,
1837                    bool OldDeclsWereHidden);
1838  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden);
1839  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1840  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1841
1842  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1843  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1844  enum AssignmentAction {
1845    AA_Assigning,
1846    AA_Passing,
1847    AA_Returning,
1848    AA_Converting,
1849    AA_Initializing,
1850    AA_Sending,
1851    AA_Casting
1852  };
1853
1854  /// C++ Overloading.
1855  enum OverloadKind {
1856    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1857    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1858    Ovl_Overload,
1859
1860    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1861    /// an existing declaration.
1862    Ovl_Match,
1863
1864    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1865    /// non-function.
1866    Ovl_NonFunction
1867  };
1868  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1869                             FunctionDecl *New,
1870                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1871                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1872                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1873  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1874
1875  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1876  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1877  ///
1878  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1879  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1880  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1881
1882  ImplicitConversionSequence
1883  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1884                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1885                        bool AllowExplicit,
1886                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1887                        bool CStyle,
1888                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1889
1890  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1891  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1892  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1893  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1894                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1895                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1896  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1897                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1898  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1899                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1900  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1901                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1902  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1903                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1904                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1905  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1906                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1907
1908  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1909  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1910                              CastKind &Kind,
1911                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1912                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1913  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1914                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1915                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1916  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1917                                    CastKind &Kind,
1918                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1919                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1920  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1921                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1922  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1923                            QualType &ResultTy);
1924  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1925  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
1926
1927  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1928                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1929                                             QualType ResultType,
1930                                             Expr *Value,
1931                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1932
1933  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1934                                    ExprResult Init);
1935  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1936                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1937                                       ExprResult Init,
1938                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1939                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1940  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1941                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1942                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1943                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1944
1945  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1946  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1947
1948  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1949  enum CCEKind {
1950    CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
1951    CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1952    CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1953    CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
1954  };
1955  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1956                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1957
1958  /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
1959  /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
1960  class ContextualImplicitConverter {
1961  public:
1962    bool Suppress;
1963    bool SuppressConversion;
1964
1965    ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
1966                                bool SuppressConversion = false)
1967        : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
1968
1969    /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
1970    /// for this conversion.
1971    virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
1972
1973    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
1974    /// integral or enumeration type.
1975    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1976    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1977
1978    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
1979    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1980    diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1981
1982    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
1983    /// is explicit.
1984    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1985        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1986
1987    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
1988    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1989    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1990
1991    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
1992    /// functions.
1993    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1994    diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1995
1996    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
1997    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1998    noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1999
2000    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2001    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2002    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2003        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2004
2005    virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2006  };
2007
2008  class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2009    bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2010
2011  public:
2012    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2013                        bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2014        : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2015          AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2016
2017    /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2018    bool match(QualType T);
2019
2020    SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2021    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
2022      return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2023    }
2024
2025    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2026    /// integral or enumeration type.
2027    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2028    diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2029  };
2030
2031  /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2032  ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2033      SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2034
2035
2036  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2037    OS_Array,
2038    OS_Dictionary,
2039    OS_Error
2040  };
2041  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2042
2043  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2044  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2045  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2046    LK_Array,
2047    LK_Dictionary,
2048    LK_Numeric,
2049    LK_Boxed,
2050    LK_String,
2051    LK_Block,
2052    LK_None
2053  };
2054  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2055
2056  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2057                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2058                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2059                                           NamedDecl *Member);
2060
2061  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2062  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2063  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2064  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2065
2066  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2067                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2068                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2069                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2070                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2071                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2072                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2073  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2074                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2075                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2076                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2077                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2078  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2079                          QualType ObjectType,
2080                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2081                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2082                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2083                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2084  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2085                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2086                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2087                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2088                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2089                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2090                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2091  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2092                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2093                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2094                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2095                                  QualType ObjectType,
2096                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2097                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2098                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2099                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2100  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2101                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2102                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2103                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2104                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2105                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2106  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2107                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2108                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2109                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2110                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2111  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2112                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2113                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2114                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2115                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
2116  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2117                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2118                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2119                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2120                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2121                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2122  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2123                                   SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2124                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2125                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2126  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2127                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2128                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2129                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2130                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2131  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2132                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2133                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2134  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2135                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
2136                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2137                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2138                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2139                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2140
2141  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2142  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2143
2144  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2145  // identified by the expression Expr
2146  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2147
2148  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2149  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2150  // R (A) --> R(A)
2151  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2152  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2153  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2154  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2155
2156  FunctionDecl *
2157  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2158                                     QualType TargetType,
2159                                     bool Complain,
2160                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2161                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
2162
2163  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2164                                                   bool Complain = false,
2165                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2166
2167  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2168                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2169                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2170                      bool Complain = false,
2171                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2172                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2173                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2174
2175
2176  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2177                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2178                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2179  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2180                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2181                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2182
2183  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2184                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2185                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2186                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2187
2188  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2189  // range-based for loop.
2190  enum ForRangeStatus {
2191    FRS_Success,
2192    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2193    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2194  };
2195
2196  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2197  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2198  enum BeginEndFunction {
2199    BEF_begin,
2200    BEF_end
2201  };
2202
2203  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2204                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2205                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2206                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2207                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2208                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2209                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2210                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2211
2212  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2213                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2214                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2215                                     MultiExprArg Args,
2216                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2217                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2218                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2219
2220  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2221                              MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2222                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2223                              ExprResult *Result);
2224
2225  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2226                                     unsigned Opc,
2227                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2228                                     Expr *input);
2229
2230  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2231                                   unsigned Opc,
2232                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2233                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2234
2235  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2236                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2237                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2238
2239  ExprResult
2240  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2241                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2242                            MultiExprArg Args,
2243                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2244  ExprResult
2245  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2246                               MultiExprArg Args,
2247                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2248
2249  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2250                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
2251
2252  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2253  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2254  /// that best represents the call.
2255  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2256                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2257
2258  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2259  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2260                                ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2261                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2262  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2263  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2264  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2265
2266  /// \name Name lookup
2267  ///
2268  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2269  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2270  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2271  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2272  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2273  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2274  ///
2275  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2276  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2277  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2278  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2279  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2280  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2281  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2282  ///
2283  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2284  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2285  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2286  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2287  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2288  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2289  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2290  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2291  //@{
2292
2293  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2294  enum LookupNameKind {
2295    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2296    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2297    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2298    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2299    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2300    /// structs, and unions.
2301    LookupTagName,
2302    /// Label name lookup.
2303    LookupLabel,
2304    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2305    /// class/struct/union members.
2306    LookupMemberName,
2307    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2308    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2309    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2310    LookupOperatorName,
2311    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2312    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2313    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2314    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2315    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2316    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2317    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2318    LookupNamespaceName,
2319    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2320    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2321    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2322    LookupUsingDeclName,
2323    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2324    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2325    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2326    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2327    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2328    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2329    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2330    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2331    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2332    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2333    LookupAnyName
2334  };
2335
2336  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2337  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2338  enum RedeclarationKind {
2339    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2340    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2341    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2342    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2343    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2344    ForRedeclaration
2345  };
2346
2347  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2348  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2349    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2350    LOLR_Error,
2351    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2352    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2353    LOLR_Cooked,
2354    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2355    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2356    LOLR_Raw,
2357    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2358    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2359    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2360    LOLR_Template
2361  };
2362
2363  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2364                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2365                                                   bool ConstArg,
2366                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2367                                                   bool RValueThis,
2368                                                   bool ConstThis,
2369                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2370
2371private:
2372  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2373
2374  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2375  //
2376  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2377  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2378  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2379
2380  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2381  /// source.
2382  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2383
2384public:
2385  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2386  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2387  ///
2388  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2389  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2390  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2391                              SourceLocation Loc,
2392                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2393                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2394                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2395  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2396                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2397  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2398                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2399  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2400                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2401                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2402  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2403                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2404                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2405
2406  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2407                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2408                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2409
2410  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2411                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2412
2413  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2414  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2415  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2416                                               unsigned Quals);
2417  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2418                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2419  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2420                                              unsigned Quals);
2421  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2422                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2423  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2424
2425  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2426                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2427                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2428  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2429
2430  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2431                               SourceLocation Loc,
2432                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2433                               ADLResult &Functions);
2434
2435  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2436                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2437                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2438  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2439                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2440                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2441
2442  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2443                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2444                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2445                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2446                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2447                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2448                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2449
2450  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2451                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2452                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2453                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2454
2455  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2456                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2457                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2458
2459  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2460  //@}
2461
2462  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2463                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2464                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2465  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2466                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2467                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2468  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2469                                      Scope *S);
2470  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2471
2472  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2473
2474  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2475  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2476  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2477                             bool NonInheritable = true,
2478                             bool Inheritable = true);
2479  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2480                                bool NonInheritable = true,
2481                                bool Inheritable = true,
2482                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2483  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2484                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2485
2486  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2487
2488  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2489  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2490                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2491  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2492  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2493
2494  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2495  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2496                                   SourceRange Range);
2497
2498  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2499                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2500  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2501                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2502                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2503
2504  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2505                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2506                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2507
2508  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2509  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2510  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2511                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2512                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2513
2514  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2515  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2516
2517  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2518  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2519  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2520                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2521                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2522                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2523                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2524                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2525
2526  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2527  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2528  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2529                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2530                                SourceLocation Loc);
2531
2532  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2533  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2534  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2535                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2536                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2537
2538  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2539  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2540  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2541                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2542
2543  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2544  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2545  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2546                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2547  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2548
2549  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2550  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2551  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2552            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2553            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2554
2555  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2556  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2557  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2558  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2559                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2560
2561  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2562  /// class extensions.
2563  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2564                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
2565                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2566                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
2567                      Selector GetterSel,
2568                      Selector SetterSel,
2569                      const bool isAssign,
2570                      const bool isReadWrite,
2571                      const unsigned Attributes,
2572                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2573                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
2574                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
2575                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2576
2577  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2578  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2579  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2580                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2581                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2582                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2583                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2584                                       Selector GetterSel,
2585                                       Selector SetterSel,
2586                                       const bool isAssign,
2587                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2588                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2589                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2590                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2591                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2592                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2593
2594  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2595  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2596  /// setter or getter.
2597  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2598                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2599
2600  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2601
2602  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2603
2604  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2605    MMS_loose,
2606    MMS_strict
2607  };
2608
2609  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2610  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2611  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2612                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2613                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2614
2615  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2616  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2617  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2618                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2619                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2620                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2621                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2622                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2623                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2624                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2625                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2626
2627  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2628  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2629  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2630  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2631
2632  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2633  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2634
2635private:
2636  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2637  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2638  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2639
2640  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2641  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2642  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2643                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2644                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2645
2646public:
2647  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2648  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2649  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2650  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2651  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2652    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2653  }
2654
2655  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2656  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2657    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2658  }
2659
2660  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2661  /// pool.
2662  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2663
2664  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2665  /// there are multiple signatures.
2666  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2667                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2668                                                   bool warn=true) {
2669    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2670                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2671  }
2672
2673  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2674  /// there are multiple signatures.
2675  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2676                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2677                                                  bool warn=true) {
2678    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2679                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2680  }
2681
2682  const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
2683                              QualType ObjectType=QualType());
2684
2685  /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of
2686  /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which
2687  /// have mismathched types.
2688  void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool();
2689
2690  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2691  /// implementation.
2692  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2693
2694  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2695  /// initialization.
2696  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2697                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2698
2699  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2700  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2701public:
2702  class FullExprArg {
2703  public:
2704    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2705
2706    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2707    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2708    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2709    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2710
2711    ExprResult release() {
2712      return E;
2713    }
2714
2715    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2716
2717    Expr *operator->() {
2718      return E;
2719    }
2720
2721  private:
2722    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2723    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2724    friend class Sema;
2725
2726    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2727
2728    Expr *E;
2729  };
2730
2731  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2732    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2733  }
2734  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2735    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2736  }
2737  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2738    ExprResult FE =
2739      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2740                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2741    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2742  }
2743
2744  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2745  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2746
2747  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2748                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2749
2750  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2751  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2752  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2753                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2754                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2755
2756  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2757  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2758  public:
2759    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2760      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2761    }
2762
2763    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2764      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2765    }
2766
2767  private:
2768    Sema &S;
2769  };
2770
2771  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2772                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2773                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2774  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2775  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2776  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2777                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2778                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2779  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2780
2781  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2782                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2783                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2784  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2785                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2786
2787  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2788                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2789                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2790
2791  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2792                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2793                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2794                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2795  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2796                                            Expr *Cond,
2797                                            Decl *CondVar);
2798  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2799                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2800  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2801                            FullExprArg Cond,
2802                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2803  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2804                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2805                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2806                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2807
2808  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2809                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2810                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2811                          Decl *SecondVar,
2812                          FullExprArg Third,
2813                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2814                          Stmt *Body);
2815  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2816                                           Expr *collection);
2817  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2818                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2819                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2820  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2821
2822  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2823    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2824    BFRK_Build,
2825    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2826    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2827    BFRK_Rebuild,
2828    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2829    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2830    BFRK_Check
2831  };
2832
2833  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2834                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2835                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2836                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2837  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2838                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2839                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2840                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2841                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2842                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2843                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2844  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2845
2846  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2847                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2848                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2849  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2850                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2851                                   Expr *DestExp);
2852  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2853  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2854
2855  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
2856                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
2857  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
2858  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
2859  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
2860                                           SourceLocation Loc,
2861                                           unsigned NumParams);
2862  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2863                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2864
2865  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2866  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2867
2868  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2869                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2870                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2871                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2872                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2873                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2874
2875  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2876                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2877                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
2878                                       InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
2879                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
2880  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2881                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2882  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2883                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
2884                            StringRef AsmString,
2885                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
2886                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
2887                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
2888                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
2889                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
2890
2891  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2892                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2893                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2894                                  bool Invalid = false);
2895
2896  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2897
2898  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2899                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2900
2901  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2902
2903  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2904                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2905
2906  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2907  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2908                                  Scope *CurScope);
2909  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2910                                            Expr *operand);
2911  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2912                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2913                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2914
2915  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2916
2917  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2918                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2919                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2920                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2921
2922  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2923
2924  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2925                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2926  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2927                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2928
2929  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2930                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2931                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2932                              Stmt *Handler);
2933
2934  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2935                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2936                                 Stmt *Block);
2937
2938  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2939                                  Stmt *Block);
2940
2941  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2942
2943  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2944
2945  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2946  /// of it.
2947  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2948
2949  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2950  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2951  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2952  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2953
2954  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2955  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2956  ///
2957  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2958  ///     if (condition);
2959  ///       do_stuff();
2960  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2961                             const Stmt *Body,
2962                             unsigned DiagID);
2963
2964  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2965  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2966  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2967                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2968
2969  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
2970    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
2971  }
2972  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
2973
2974  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2975  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2976    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
2977  }
2978  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2979    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
2980  }
2981
2982  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
2983
2984  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2985                              SourceLocation Loc,
2986                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
2987                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
2988
2989  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2990
2991  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2992                                     StringRef message);
2993
2994  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2995  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2996
2997  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2998  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2999                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
3000  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3001  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3002  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3003                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3004                                        SourceLocation Loc);
3005  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3006                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3007
3008  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3009                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
3010                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3011  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3012  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3013                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3014                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3015  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3016
3017  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3018
3019  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3020  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3021
3022  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3023
3024  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3025  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3026  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3027  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3028  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3029  // named expressions.
3030  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3031  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
3032  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3033  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3034  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3035
3036  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3037  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3038
3039  enum TryCaptureKind {
3040    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3041  };
3042
3043  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3044  ///
3045  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3046  ///
3047  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3048  ///
3049  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3050  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3051  ///
3052  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3053  /// an explicit lambda capture.
3054  ///
3055  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3056  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3057  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3058  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3059  ///
3060  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3061  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3062  /// variable can be captured.
3063  ///
3064  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3065  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3066  /// captured.
3067  ///
3068  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3069  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3070  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3071                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3072                          QualType &CaptureType,
3073                          QualType &DeclRefType);
3074
3075  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3076  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3077                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3078                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3079
3080  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3081  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3082  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3083
3084  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3085  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3086                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3087
3088  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3089  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3090  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3091  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3092                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3093                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
3094
3095  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3096  bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3097                     UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3098
3099  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3100  /// evaluation context.
3101  ///
3102  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3103  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3104  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3105  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3106  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3107                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3108
3109  // Primary Expressions.
3110  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3111
3112  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3113                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3114                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
3115                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3116                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0,
3117                               bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
3118
3119  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3120                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3121                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3122                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3123
3124  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3125                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3126                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
3127                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
3128
3129  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3130                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3131                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3132
3133  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3134                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3135                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3136                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3137                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3138
3139  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3140                              ExprValueKind VK,
3141                              SourceLocation Loc,
3142                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3143  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3144                              ExprValueKind VK,
3145                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3146                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
3147                              NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3148  ExprResult
3149  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3150                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
3151                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3152                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
3153                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3154  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3155                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3156                                             LookupResult &R,
3157                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3158  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3159                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3160                                     LookupResult &R,
3161                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3162                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3163  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3164                                  const LookupResult &R,
3165                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3166
3167  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3168                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3169                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3170  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3171                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3172                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3173                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3174
3175  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3176                                      LookupResult &R,
3177                                      bool NeedsADL);
3178  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3179                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3180                                      NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3181
3182  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3183                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3184                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
3185                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3186                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
3187
3188  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3189  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3190  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3191  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3192  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3193  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3194                                SourceLocation R,
3195                                MultiExprArg Val);
3196
3197  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3198  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3199  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3200                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3201
3202  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3203                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3204                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3205                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3206                                       ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3207                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3208  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3209                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3210                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3211                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3212                                        ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3213                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3214
3215  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3216  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3217                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3218  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3219                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3220  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3221                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3222
3223  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3224                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3225                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3226                                            SourceRange R);
3227  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3228                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3229  ExprResult
3230    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3231                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3232                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3233                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3234
3235  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3236  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3237
3238  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3239  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3240                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3241                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3242  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3243                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3244                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3245                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3246                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3247  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3248                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3249
3250  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3251                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3252  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3253                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3254
3255  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3256                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3257                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3258                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3259                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3260                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3261                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3262
3263  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3264  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3265  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3266  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3267  // defines a custom operator->).
3268  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3269    Scope *S;
3270    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3271    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3272    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3273  };
3274
3275  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3276                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3277                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3278                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3279                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3280                                      LookupResult &R,
3281                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3282                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3283                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3284
3285  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3286  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3287                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3288                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3289                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3290                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3291
3292  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3293                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3294                                     const LookupResult &R);
3295
3296  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3297                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3298                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3299                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3300                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3301                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3302                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3303
3304  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3305                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3306                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3307                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3308                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3309                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3310                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3311                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3312
3313  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3314  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3315                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3316                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3317                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3318                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3319                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3320  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3321                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3322                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3323
3324  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3325  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3326  /// locations.
3327  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3328                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3329                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3330  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3331                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3332                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3333                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3334                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3335                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3336
3337  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3338                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3339                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3340
3341  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3342                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3343                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3344  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3345                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3346                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3347                                 Expr *Op);
3348  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3349
3350  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3351  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3352                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3353                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3354
3355  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3356
3357  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3358                                  ParsedType Ty,
3359                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3360                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3361
3362  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3363                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3364                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3365                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3366
3367  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3368                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3369                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3370
3371  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3372                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3373                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3374                                        ExprResult Init);
3375
3376  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3377                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3378  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3379                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3380  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3381                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3382
3383  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3384  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3385  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3386                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3387                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3388
3389  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3390  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3391                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3392
3393  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3394  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3395                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3396  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3397
3398  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3399  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3400    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3401    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3402    union {
3403      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3404      Expr *E;
3405    } U;
3406  };
3407
3408  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3409  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3410                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3411                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3412                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3413                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3414  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3415                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3416                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3417                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3418                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3419                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3420                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3421
3422  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3423  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3424                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3425                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3426
3427  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3428  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3429                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3430  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3431                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3432
3433  // __null
3434  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3435
3436  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3437
3438  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3439  enum IfExistsResult {
3440    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3441    IER_Exists,
3442
3443    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3444    IER_DoesNotExist,
3445
3446    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3447    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3448    IER_Dependent,
3449
3450    /// \brief An error occurred.
3451    IER_Error
3452  };
3453
3454  IfExistsResult
3455  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3456                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3457
3458  IfExistsResult
3459  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3460                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3461                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3462
3463  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3464                                        bool IsIfExists,
3465                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3466                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3467                                        Stmt *Nested);
3468  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3469                                        bool IsIfExists,
3470                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3471                                        Stmt *Nested);
3472
3473  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3474
3475  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3476  /// started.
3477  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3478
3479  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3480  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3481  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3482                           Scope *CurScope);
3483
3484  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3485  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3486  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3487
3488  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3489  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3490  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3491                                Scope *CurScope);
3492
3493  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3494
3495  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3496  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3497                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3498                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3499
3500  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3501
3502  // Act on C++ namespaces
3503  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3504                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3505                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3506                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3507                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3508                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3509  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3510
3511  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3512  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3513
3514  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3515
3516  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3517  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3518  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3519
3520  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3521  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3522  ///
3523  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3524  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3525
3526  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3527  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3528  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3529
3530  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3531                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3532                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3533                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3534                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3535                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3536                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3537
3538  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3539
3540  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3541                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3542                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3543                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3544                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3545                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3546                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3547
3548  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3549  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3550                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3551  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3552                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3553
3554  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3555                                   bool isTypeName,
3556                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3557                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3558                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3559  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3560                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3561                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3562
3563  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3564                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3565                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3566                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3567                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3568                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3569                                   bool IsTypeName,
3570                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3571
3572  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3573
3574  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3575                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3576                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3577                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3578                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3579                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3580                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3581                              bool IsTypeName,
3582                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3583  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3584                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3585                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3586                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3587                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3588                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3589                              TypeResult Type);
3590
3591  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3592  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3593  ///
3594  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3595  ExprResult
3596  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3597                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3598                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3599                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3600                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3601
3602  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3603  // the constructor can be elidable?
3604  ExprResult
3605  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3606                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3607                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3608                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3609                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3610
3611  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3612  /// the default expr if needed.
3613  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3614                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3615                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3616
3617  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3618  /// constructed variable.
3619  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3620
3621  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3622  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3623  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3624    // Pointer to allow copying
3625    Sema *Self;
3626    // We order exception specifications thus:
3627    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3628    // throw() comes next.
3629    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3630    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3631    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3632    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3633    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3634    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3635
3636    void ClearExceptions() {
3637      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3638      Exceptions.clear();
3639    }
3640
3641  public:
3642    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3643      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3644      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3645        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3646    }
3647
3648    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3649    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3650      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3651             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3652      return ComputedEST;
3653    }
3654
3655    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3656    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3657
3658    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3659    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3660
3661    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3662    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3663
3664    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3665    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3666
3667    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3668    /// computed exception specification.
3669    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3670      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3671      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3672        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3673        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3674      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3675        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3676        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3677        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3678        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3679        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3680                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3681      }
3682    }
3683    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3684      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3685      getEPI(EPI);
3686      return EPI;
3687    }
3688  };
3689
3690  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3691  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3692  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3693  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3694                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3695
3696  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3697  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3698  /// will be const.
3699  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3700  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3701
3702  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3703  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3704  /// parameter will be const.
3705  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3706  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3707
3708  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3709  /// constructor of a class will have.
3710  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3711  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3712
3713  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3714  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3715  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3716  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3717
3718  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3719  /// destructor of a class will have.
3720  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3721  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3722
3723  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3724  /// constructor of a class will have.
3725  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3726  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3727
3728  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3729  /// special member function.
3730  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3731
3732  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3733  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3734  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3735                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3736                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3737                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3738                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3739                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3740
3741  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3742  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3743  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3744                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3745
3746  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3747  ///
3748  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3749  /// default constructor will be added.
3750  ///
3751  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3752  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3753                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3754
3755  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3756  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3757  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3758                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3759
3760  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3761  ///
3762  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3763  /// destructor will be added.
3764  ///
3765  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3766  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3767
3768  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3769  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3770  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3771                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3772
3773  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3774  ///
3775  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3776  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3777  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3778                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3779
3780  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
3781  ///
3782  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
3783  /// constructors will be added.
3784  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3785
3786  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
3787  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
3788                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3789
3790  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3791  ///
3792  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3793  /// copy constructor will be added.
3794  ///
3795  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3796  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3797
3798  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3799  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3800  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3801                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3802
3803  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3804  ///
3805  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3806  /// move constructor will be added.
3807  ///
3808  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3809  /// declared.
3810  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3811
3812  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3813  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3814  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3815                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3816
3817  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3818  ///
3819  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3820  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3821  ///
3822  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3823  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3824
3825  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3826  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3827                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3828
3829  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3830  ///
3831  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3832  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3833  ///
3834  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3835  /// wasn't declared.
3836  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3837
3838  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3839  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3840                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3841
3842  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3843  /// class.
3844  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3845
3846  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3847  /// special member function.
3848  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3849
3850  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3851  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3852  ///
3853  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3854  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3855
3856  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3857  /// member function.
3858  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3859
3860  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3861  /// static member function.
3862  ///
3863  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3864  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3865
3866  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3867  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3868  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3869  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3870
3871  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3872                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3873                               SourceLocation Loc,
3874                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3875                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
3876                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
3877
3878  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3879                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3880                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
3881
3882  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3883                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3884                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3885                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3886                               bool EnteringContext);
3887
3888  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3889
3890  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3891  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3892                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3893
3894  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3895  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3896                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3897                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3898                               Declarator &D,
3899                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3900                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3901                               Expr *E,
3902                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3903
3904  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3905                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3906                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3907                               Expr *E,
3908                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3909                               SourceRange Parens);
3910
3911  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3912                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3913                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3914                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3915  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3916                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3917                            Expr *Operand,
3918                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3919
3920  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3921  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3922                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3923                            void *TyOrExpr,
3924                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3925
3926  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3927                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3928                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3929                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3930  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3931                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3932                            Expr *Operand,
3933                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3934
3935  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3936  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3937                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3938                            void *TyOrExpr,
3939                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3940
3941
3942  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3943  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3944
3945  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3946  ///
3947  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3948  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3949
3950  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3951  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3952  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3953  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3954
3955  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3956  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3957  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3958    Sema &S;
3959    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3960    bool Enabled;
3961
3962  public:
3963    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3964    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3965    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3966    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3967    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3968                     bool Enabled = true);
3969
3970    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3971  };
3972
3973  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3974  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3975  ///
3976  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3977  ///
3978  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3979  /// capture list.
3980  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3981
3982  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3983  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3984  /// being defined.
3985  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3986
3987  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3988  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3989
3990
3991  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3992  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3993
3994  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3995  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3996
3997  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3998  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3999  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4000                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4001  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
4002                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4003
4004  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4005  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4006  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4007  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4008  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4009                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4010                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4011                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4012
4013  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4014                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4015                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4016                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4017
4018  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4019  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4020                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4021                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4022                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4023                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4024                         Expr *Initializer);
4025  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4026                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4027                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4028                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4029                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4030                         QualType AllocType,
4031                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4032                         Expr *ArraySize,
4033                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4034                         Expr *Initializer,
4035                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4036
4037  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4038                          SourceRange R);
4039  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4040                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4041                               MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4042                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4043                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4044  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4045                              DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4046                              DeclContext *Ctx,
4047                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4048                              bool Diagnose = true);
4049  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4050  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4051                                       QualType Argument,
4052                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
4053
4054  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4055                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4056                                bool Diagnose = true);
4057
4058  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4059  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4060                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4061                            Expr *Operand);
4062
4063  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4064  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4065                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4066                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
4067
4068  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4069                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4070  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4071                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4072
4073  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4074  /// pseudo-functions.
4075  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4076                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4077                                 ParsedType Ty,
4078                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4079
4080  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4081                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4082                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
4083                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4084
4085  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4086  /// pseudo-functions.
4087  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
4088                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4089                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4090                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
4091                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4092
4093  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
4094                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4095                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
4096                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
4097                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4098
4099  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4100  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4101                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4102                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4103  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4104                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4105                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4106
4107  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4108  /// pseudo-functions.
4109  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4110                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4111                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4112                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4113                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4114
4115  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4116                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4117                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4118                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4119                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4120
4121  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4122  /// pseudo-functions.
4123  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4124                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4125                                  Expr *Queried,
4126                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4127
4128  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4129                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4130                                  Expr *Queried,
4131                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4132
4133  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4134                                          Expr *Base,
4135                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4136                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4137                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4138                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4139
4140  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4141
4142  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4143                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4144                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4145                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4146                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4147                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4148                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4149                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4150                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4151
4152  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4153                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4154                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4155                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4156                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4157                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4158                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4159                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4160                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4161
4162  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4163                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4164                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4165                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4166                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
4167                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4168
4169  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4170  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4171  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4172  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4173  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4174  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4175
4176  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4177    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4178                                          : SourceLocation());
4179  }
4180  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4181                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4182                                 bool IsConstexpr = false);
4183  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4184
4185  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4186  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4187
4188  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4189  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4190                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4191  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4192  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4193
4194  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4195  ///
4196  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4197  ///
4198  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4199  ///
4200  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4201  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4202  ///
4203  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4204  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4205                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4206
4207  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4208  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4209
4210  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4211                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4212                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4213                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4214
4215  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4216                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4217                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4218                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4219                                   QualType ObjectType,
4220                                   bool EnteringContext,
4221                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4222                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4223                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4224
4225  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4226  ///
4227  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4228  ///
4229  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4230  ///
4231  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4232  ///
4233  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4234  ///
4235  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4236  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4237  ///
4238  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4239  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4240  ///
4241  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4242  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4243  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4244  /// including this new type).
4245  ///
4246  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4247  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4248                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4249                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4250                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4251                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4252                                   bool EnteringContext,
4253                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4254
4255  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4256
4257  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4258                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4259                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4260
4261  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4262                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4263                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4264                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4265                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4266                                 bool EnteringContext);
4267
4268  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4269  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4270  ///
4271  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4272  ///
4273  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4274  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4275  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4276  /// including this new type).
4277  ///
4278  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4279  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4280  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4281  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4282  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4283  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4284  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4285  ///
4286  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4287  /// nested-name-specifier.
4288  ///
4289  ///
4290  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4291  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4292                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4293                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4294                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4295                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4296                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4297                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4298                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4299                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4300                                   bool EnteringContext);
4301
4302  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4303  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4304  /// nested-name-specifier.
4305  ///
4306  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4307  ///
4308  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4309  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4310  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4311
4312  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4313  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4314  ///
4315  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4316  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4317  ///
4318  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4319  ///
4320  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4321  /// of the annotation pointer.
4322  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4323                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4324                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4325
4326  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4327
4328  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4329  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4330  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4331  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4332  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4333  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4334  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4335
4336  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4337  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4338  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4339  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4340  /// defining scope.
4341  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4342
4343  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4344  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4345  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4346  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4347  /// class X.
4348  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4349
4350  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4351  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4352  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4353
4354  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4355  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4356                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4357                                         bool KnownDependent);
4358
4359  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4360  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4361                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4362                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4363                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4364                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4365
4366  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4367  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4368                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4369                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4370                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4371                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4372                                          bool Mutable);
4373
4374  /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and
4375  /// initializer.
4376  FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
4377                              IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4378
4379  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4380  /// given lambda.
4381  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4382
4383  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4384  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4385
4386  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4387  /// statements present in the body.
4388  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4389
4390  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4391  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4392  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4393  /// lambda.
4394  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4395                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4396
4397  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4398  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4399  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4400                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4401
4402  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4403  /// was successfully completed.
4404  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4405                             Scope *CurScope,
4406                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4407
4408  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4409  /// function pointer.
4410  ///
4411  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4412  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4413  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4414  /// block pointer conversion.
4415  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4416         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4417
4418  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4419  /// block pointer.
4420  ///
4421  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4422  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4423  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4424  /// block pointer conversion.
4425  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4426                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4427
4428  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4429                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4430                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4431                                           Expr *Src);
4432
4433  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4434  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4435                                    Expr **Strings,
4436                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4437
4438  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4439
4440  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4441  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4442  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4443  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4444  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4445                                  bool Value);
4446  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4447
4448  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4449  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4450  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4451  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4452  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4453  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4454
4455  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4456                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4457                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4458                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4459
4460  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4461                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4462                                        unsigned NumElements);
4463
4464  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4465                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4466                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4467  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4468                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4469                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4470
4471  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4472                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4473                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4474                                       ParsedType Ty,
4475                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4476
4477  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4478  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4479                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4480                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4481                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4482                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4483
4484  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4485  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4486                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4487                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4488                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4489                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4490                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4491
4492  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4493  // C++ Declarations
4494  //
4495  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4496                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4497                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4498                                       StringRef Lang,
4499                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4500  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4501                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4502                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4503
4504
4505  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4506  // C++ Classes
4507  //
4508  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4509                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4510
4511  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4512                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4513                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4514                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4515
4516  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4517                                 Declarator &D,
4518                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4519                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4520                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4521  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4522                                        Expr *Init);
4523
4524  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4525                                    Scope *S,
4526                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4527                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4528                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4529                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4530                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4531                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4532                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4533                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4534                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4535
4536  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4537                                    Scope *S,
4538                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4539                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4540                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4541                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4542                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4543                                    Expr *InitList,
4544                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4545
4546  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4547                                    Scope *S,
4548                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4549                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4550                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4551                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4552                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4553                                    Expr *Init,
4554                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4555
4556  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4557                                       Expr *Init,
4558                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4559
4560  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4561                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4562                                     Expr *Init,
4563                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4564                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4565
4566  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4567                                           Expr *Init,
4568                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4569
4570  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4571                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4572
4573  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4574                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4575
4576  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4577
4578
4579  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4580  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4581  /// referenced.
4582  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4583                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4584
4585  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4586  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4587  /// first use occurred.
4588  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4589
4590  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4591  /// materialized.
4592  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4593
4594  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4595  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4596  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4597  /// by code generation).
4598  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4599
4600  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4601  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4602
4603  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4604                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4605    DynamicClassesType;
4606
4607  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4608  /// unit.
4609  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4610
4611  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4612  /// given location.
4613  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4614                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4615
4616  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4617  /// in the given class as needed.
4618  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4619                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4620
4621  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4622  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4623  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4624                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4625
4626  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4627  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4628  /// vtables.
4629  ///
4630  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4631  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4632
4633  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4634
4635  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4636                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4637                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4638                            bool AnyErrors);
4639
4640  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4641  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4642                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4643                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4644                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4645                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4646  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4647
4648  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4649  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4650  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4651  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4652  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4653  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4654  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4655  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4656  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4657  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4658
4659  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4660                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4661                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4662                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4663  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4664                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4665                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4666                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4667                                     bool Failed);
4668
4669  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4670                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4671                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4672  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4673                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4674  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4675                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4676
4677  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4678                                      StorageClass& SC);
4679  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4680  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4681                                     StorageClass& SC);
4682  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4683  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4684                                 StorageClass& SC);
4685  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4686
4687  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4688  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4689                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4690  void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4691
4692  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4693  // C++ Derived Classes
4694  //
4695
4696  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4697  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4698                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4699                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4700                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4701                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4702
4703  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4704                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4705                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4706                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4707                                ParsedType basetype,
4708                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4709                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4710
4711  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4712                            unsigned NumBases);
4713  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4714                           unsigned NumBases);
4715
4716  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4717  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4718
4719  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4720  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4721
4722  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4723
4724  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4725                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4726                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4727                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4728  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4729                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4730                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4731                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4732                                    DeclarationName Name,
4733                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4734
4735  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4736
4737  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4738                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4739
4740  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4741  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4742  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4743                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4744
4745  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4746  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4747  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4748                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4749
4750  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4751
4752  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4753  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4754
4755  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4756  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4757  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4758  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4759                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4760
4761
4762  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4763  // C++ Access Control
4764  //
4765
4766  enum AccessResult {
4767    AR_accessible,
4768    AR_inaccessible,
4769    AR_dependent,
4770    AR_delayed
4771  };
4772
4773  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4774                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4775                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4776
4777  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4778                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4779  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4780                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4781  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4782                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4783                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4784                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4785                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4786  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4787                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4788                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4789                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4790                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4791  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4792                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4793                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4794                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4795                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4796  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4797                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4798                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4799                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4800  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4801  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4802                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4803                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4804                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4805  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4806                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4807  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4808                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4809                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4810                                    unsigned DiagID,
4811                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4812                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4813  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4814  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4815  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4816                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4817                                            QualType objectType);
4818
4819  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4820                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4821  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4822                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4823
4824  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4825
4826  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4827  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4828  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4829
4830  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4831    AbstractNone = -1,
4832    AbstractReturnType,
4833    AbstractParamType,
4834    AbstractVariableType,
4835    AbstractFieldType,
4836    AbstractIvarType,
4837    AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
4838    AbstractArrayType
4839  };
4840
4841  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4842                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4843  template<typename T1>
4844  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4845                              unsigned DiagID,
4846                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4847    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4848    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4849  }
4850
4851  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4852  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4853                              unsigned DiagID,
4854                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4855    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4856    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4857  }
4858
4859  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4860  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4861                              unsigned DiagID,
4862                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4863    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4864    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4865  }
4866
4867  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4868
4869  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4870                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4871
4872  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4873  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4874  //
4875
4876  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4877
4878  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4879
4880  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4881  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4882  //
4883  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4884                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4885  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4886                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4887
4888  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4889                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4890                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4891
4892  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4893                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4894                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4895                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4896                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4897                                  bool EnteringContext,
4898                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4899                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4900
4901  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4902                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4903                                   Scope *S,
4904                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4905                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4906                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4907
4908  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4909  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4910
4911  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4912                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4913                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4914                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4915                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4916                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4917                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4918                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4919
4920  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4921  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4922                                      unsigned Depth,
4923                                      unsigned Position,
4924                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4925                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4926  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4927                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4928                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4929                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4930                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4931                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4932                                       unsigned Depth,
4933                                       unsigned Position,
4934                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4935                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4936
4937  TemplateParameterList *
4938  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4939                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4940                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4941                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4942                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4943                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4944
4945  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
4946  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4947    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4948    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4949    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4950    TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
4951    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4952    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4953    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4954  };
4955
4956  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4957                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4958                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4959  TemplateParameterList *
4960  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4961                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4962                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4963                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4964                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4965                                          bool IsFriend,
4966                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4967                                          bool &Invalid);
4968
4969  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4970                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4971                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4972                                AttributeList *Attr,
4973                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4974                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4975                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4976                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4977                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4978
4979  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4980                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4981
4982  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4983
4984  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4985                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4986                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4987
4988  TypeResult
4989  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4990                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4991                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4992                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4993                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4994                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4995
4996  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4997  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4998  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4999                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5000                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
5001                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5002                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5003                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
5004                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5005                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5006                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5007                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5008
5009
5010  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5011                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5012                                 LookupResult &R,
5013                                 bool RequiresADL,
5014                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5015
5016  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5017                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5018                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5019                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5020
5021  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5022                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5023                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5024                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
5025                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
5026                                              bool EnteringContext,
5027                                              TemplateTy &Template);
5028
5029  DeclResult
5030  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5031                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
5032                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5033                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5034                                   TemplateTy Template,
5035                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5036                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5037                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5038                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5039                                   AttributeList *Attr,
5040                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5041
5042  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5043                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5044                                Declarator &D);
5045
5046  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5047                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5048                                        Declarator &D);
5049
5050  bool
5051  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5052                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5053                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5054                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5055                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5056                                         bool &SuppressNew);
5057
5058  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5059                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5060                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
5061
5062  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5063                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5064                                           LookupResult &Previous);
5065  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5066
5067  DeclResult
5068  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5069                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5070                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5071                             unsigned TagSpec,
5072                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5073                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5074                             TemplateTy Template,
5075                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5076                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5077                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5078                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5079                             AttributeList *Attr);
5080
5081  DeclResult
5082  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5083                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5084                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5085                             unsigned TagSpec,
5086                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5087                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5088                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5089                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5090                             AttributeList *Attr);
5091
5092  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5093                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5094                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5095                                        Declarator &D);
5096
5097  TemplateArgumentLoc
5098  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5099                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5100                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5101                                          Decl *Param,
5102                                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5103                                            &Converted,
5104                                          bool &HasDefaultArg);
5105
5106  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5107  /// argument is being checked.
5108  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5109    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5110    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5111    CTAK_Specified,
5112
5113    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5114    /// deduction.
5115    CTAK_Deduced,
5116
5117    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5118    /// via template argument deduction.
5119    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5120  };
5121
5122  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5123                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5124                             NamedDecl *Template,
5125                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5126                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5127                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5128                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5129                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5130
5131  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5132  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5133  ///
5134  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5135  /// provided.
5136  ///
5137  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5138  ///
5139  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5140  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5141  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5142  /// arguments.
5143  ///
5144  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5145  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5146  /// set of template arguments.
5147  ///
5148  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5149  /// arguments.
5150  ///
5151  ///
5152  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
5153  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
5154  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
5155  ///
5156  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5157  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5158                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5159                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5160                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5161                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5162                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
5163
5164  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5165                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5166                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5167
5168  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5169                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5170  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5171                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5172                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5173                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5174  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5175                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5176                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5177
5178  ExprResult
5179  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5180                                          QualType ParamType,
5181                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5182  ExprResult
5183  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5184                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5185
5186  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5187  /// for equality.
5188  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5189    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5190    /// that might be redeclarations.
5191    ///
5192    /// \code
5193    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5194    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5195    /// \endcode
5196    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5197
5198    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5199    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5200    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5201    ///
5202    /// \code
5203    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5204    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5205    /// \endcode
5206    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5207
5208    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5209    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5210    /// template parameter.
5211    ///
5212    /// \code
5213    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5214    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5215    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5216    /// \endcode
5217    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5218  };
5219
5220  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5221                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5222                                      bool Complain,
5223                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5224                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5225                                        = SourceLocation());
5226
5227  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5228
5229  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5230  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5231  ///
5232  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5233  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5234  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5235  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5236  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5237  TypeResult
5238  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5239                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5240                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5241
5242  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5243  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5244  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5245  ///
5246  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5247  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5248  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5249  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5250  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5251  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5252  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5253  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5254  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5255  TypeResult
5256  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5257                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5258                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5259                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5260                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5261                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5262                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5263                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5264
5265  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5266                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5267                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5268                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5269                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5270
5271  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5272                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5273                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5274  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5275
5276  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5277  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5278                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5279
5280  std::string
5281  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5282                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5283
5284  std::string
5285  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5286                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5287                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5288
5289  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5290  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5291  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5292
5293  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5294  /// being diagnosed.
5295  ///
5296  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5297  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5298  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5299    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5300    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5301
5302    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5303    UPPC_BaseType,
5304
5305    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5306    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5307
5308    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5309    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5310
5311    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5312    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5313
5314    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5315    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5316
5317    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5318    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5319
5320    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5321    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5322
5323    /// \brief A using declaration.
5324    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5325
5326    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5327    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5328
5329    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5330    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5331
5332    /// \brief An initializer.
5333    UPPC_Initializer,
5334
5335    /// \brief A default argument.
5336    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5337
5338    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5339    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5340
5341    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5342    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5343
5344    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5345    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5346
5347    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5348    UPPC_IfExists,
5349
5350    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5351    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5352
5353    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5354    UPPC_Lambda,
5355
5356    /// \brief Block expression,
5357    UPPC_Block
5358};
5359
5360  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5361  ///
5362  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5363  ///
5364  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5365  /// parameter packs.
5366  ///
5367  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5368  ///
5369  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5370  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5371                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5372                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5373
5374  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5375  /// diagnose the error.
5376  ///
5377  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5378  ///
5379  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5380  /// packs.
5381  ///
5382  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5383  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5384                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5385
5386  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5387  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5388  ///
5389  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5390  /// parameter packs.
5391  ///
5392  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5393  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5394                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5395
5396  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5397  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5398  ///
5399  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5400  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5401  ///
5402  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5403  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5404                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5405
5406  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5407  /// diagnose the error.
5408  ///
5409  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5410  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5411  ///
5412  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5413  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5414                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5415
5416  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5417  /// diagnose the error.
5418  ///
5419  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5420  ///
5421  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5422  /// parameter packs.
5423  ///
5424  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5425  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5426                                       TemplateName Template,
5427                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5428
5429  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5430  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5431  ///
5432  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5433  /// parameter packs.
5434  ///
5435  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5436  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5437                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5438
5439  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5440  /// template argument.
5441  ///
5442  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5443  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5444  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5445                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5446
5447  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5448  /// template argument.
5449  ///
5450  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5451  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5452  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5453                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5454
5455  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5456  /// type.
5457  ///
5458  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5459  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5460  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5461                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5462
5463  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5464  /// type.
5465  ///
5466  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5467  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5468  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5469                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5470
5471  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5472  /// nested-name-specifier.
5473  ///
5474  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5475  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5476  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5477                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5478
5479  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5480  /// name.
5481  ///
5482  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5483  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5484  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5485                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5486
5487  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5488  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5489  ///
5490  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5491  /// may already be invalid.
5492  ///
5493  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5494  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5495                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5496
5497  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5498  /// creates a pack expansion.
5499  ///
5500  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5501  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5502  ///
5503  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5504  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5505
5506  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5507  /// expansion.
5508  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5509                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5510                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5511
5512  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5513  /// expansion.
5514  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5515                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5516                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5517                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5518
5519  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5520  /// creates a pack expansion.
5521  ///
5522  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5523  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5524  ///
5525  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5526  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5527
5528  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5529  /// creates a pack expansion.
5530  ///
5531  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5532  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5533  ///
5534  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5535  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5536                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5537
5538  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5539  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5540  /// transforming the pattern.
5541  ///
5542  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5543  /// pack expansion.
5544  ///
5545  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5546  /// the pack expansion.
5547  ///
5548  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5549  /// pattern.
5550  ///
5551  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5552  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5553  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5554  ///
5555  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5556  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5557  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5558  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5559  ///
5560  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5561  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5562  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5563  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5564  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5565  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5566  /// set this value in other cases.
5567  ///
5568  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5569  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5570  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5571  /// must be set.
5572  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5573                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5574                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5575                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5576                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5577                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5578                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5579
5580  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5581  /// type.
5582  ///
5583  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5584  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5585  ///
5586  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5587  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5588      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5589
5590  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5591  /// parameter packs.
5592  ///
5593  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5594  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5595  ///
5596  /// \code
5597  ///   void f(T...);
5598  /// \endcode
5599  ///
5600  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5601  /// a variadic function.
5602  ///
5603  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5604  /// false otherwise.
5605  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5606
5607  /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
5608  ///
5609  /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
5610  ///
5611  /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
5612  ///
5613  /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
5614  /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
5615  TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
5616      TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
5617      SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
5618      Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
5619
5620  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5621  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5622  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5623
5624  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5625  ///
5626  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5627  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5628  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5629  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5630  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5631  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5632  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5633  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5634    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5635    TDK_Success = 0,
5636    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5637    TDK_Invalid,
5638    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5639    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5640    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5641    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5642    /// for every template parameter.
5643    TDK_Incomplete,
5644    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5645    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5646    TDK_Inconsistent,
5647    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5648    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5649    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5650    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5651    TDK_Underqualified,
5652    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5653    /// resulted in an error.
5654    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5655    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5656    /// corresponding component of the argument.
5657    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5658    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5659    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5660    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5661    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5662    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5663    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5664    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5665    /// template arguments for the given template.
5666    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5667    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5668    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5669    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5670    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5671    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5672  };
5673
5674  TemplateDeductionResult
5675  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5676                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5677                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5678
5679  TemplateDeductionResult
5680  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5681                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5682                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5683                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5684                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5685                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5686
5687  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5688  // deduction for a call.
5689  struct OriginalCallArg {
5690    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5691                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5692                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5693      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5694        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5695
5696    QualType OriginalParamType;
5697    unsigned ArgIdx;
5698    QualType OriginalArgType;
5699  };
5700
5701  TemplateDeductionResult
5702  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5703                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5704                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5705                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5706                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5707           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5708
5709  TemplateDeductionResult
5710  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5711                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5712                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5713                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5714                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5715
5716  TemplateDeductionResult
5717  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5718                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5719                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5720                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5721                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5722                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5723
5724  TemplateDeductionResult
5725  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5726                          QualType ToType,
5727                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5728                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5729
5730  TemplateDeductionResult
5731  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5732                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5733                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5734                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5735                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5736
5737  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5738  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5739    DAR_Succeeded,
5740    DAR_Failed,
5741    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5742  };
5743
5744  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5745                                  QualType &Result);
5746  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
5747                                  QualType &Result);
5748  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
5749  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5750  bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
5751                        bool Diagnose = true);
5752
5753  bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
5754                                        SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
5755                                        Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
5756
5757  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5758                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5759                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5760                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5761                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5762  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5763                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5764                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5765                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5766                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5767                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5768                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5769                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5770                                        bool Complain = true,
5771                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5772
5773  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5774  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5775                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5776                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5777                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5778
5779  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5780                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5781                                  unsigned Depth,
5782                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5783  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
5784                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5785                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5786    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5787  }
5788  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5789                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5790                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5791
5792  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5793  // C++ Template Instantiation
5794  //
5795
5796  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5797                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5798                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5799                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5800
5801  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5802  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5803    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5804    enum InstantiationKind {
5805      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5806      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5807      TemplateInstantiation,
5808
5809      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5810      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5811      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5812      /// arguments as specified.
5813      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5814      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5815
5816      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5817      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5818      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5819      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5820
5821      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5822      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5823      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5824
5825      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5826      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5827      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5828      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5829      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5830      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5831
5832      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5833      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5834      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5835      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5836
5837      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5838      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5839      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5840
5841      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5842      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5843      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5844    } Kind;
5845
5846    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5847    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5848
5849    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5850    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5851    /// arguments.
5852    NamedDecl *Template;
5853
5854    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5855    Decl *Entity;
5856
5857    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5858    /// are not part of the entity.
5859    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5860
5861    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5862    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5863
5864    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5865    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5866    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5867
5868    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5869    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5870    /// template instantiation.
5871    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5872
5873    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5874      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5875        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5876
5877    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5878    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5879    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5880
5881    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5882                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5883      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5884        return false;
5885
5886      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5887        return false;
5888
5889      switch (X.Kind) {
5890      case TemplateInstantiation:
5891      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5892        return true;
5893
5894      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5895      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5896        return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5897
5898      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5899      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5900      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5901      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5902        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5903
5904      }
5905
5906      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5907    }
5908
5909    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5910                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5911      return !(X == Y);
5912    }
5913  };
5914
5915  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5916  ///
5917  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5918  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5919  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5920  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5921  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5922    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5923
5924  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5925  /// template instantiation.
5926  ///
5927  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5928  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5929  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5930
5931  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5932  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5933  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5934  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5935
5936  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5937  /// error or warning was produced.
5938  ///
5939  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5940  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5941  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5942  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5943  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5944
5945  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5946  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5947  ///
5948  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5949  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5950  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5951  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5952
5953  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5954  /// within a \c Sema object.
5955  ///
5956  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5957  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5958    Sema &Self;
5959    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5960
5961  public:
5962    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5963      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5964      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5965    }
5966
5967    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5968      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5969    }
5970  };
5971
5972  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5973
5974  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5975  ///
5976  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5977  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5978  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5979
5980  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5981  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5982  /// deduction.
5983  ///
5984  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5985  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5986    SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
5987  SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
5988
5989  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5990  /// instantiation.
5991  ///
5992  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5993  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5994  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5995  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5996  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5997  ///
5998  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5999  /// the stack.
6000  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6001    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6002    /// function template, or a member thereof.
6003    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6004                          Decl *Entity,
6005                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6006
6007    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6008    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6009    /// of a function template.
6010    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6011                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6012                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6013
6014    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6015    /// template-id.
6016    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6017                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6018                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6019                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6020
6021    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6022    /// template-id.
6023    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6024                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6025                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6026                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6027                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6028                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6029
6030    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6031    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6032    /// specialization.
6033    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6034                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6035                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6036                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6037                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6038
6039    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6040                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
6041                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6042                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6043
6044    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6045    /// non-type or template template parameter.
6046    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6047                          NamedDecl *Template,
6048                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6049                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6050                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6051
6052    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6053                          NamedDecl *Template,
6054                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6055                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6056                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6057
6058    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6059    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6060    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6061                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6062                          NamedDecl *Param,
6063                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6064                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6065
6066
6067    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6068    void Clear();
6069
6070    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6071
6072    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6073    /// recursive template instantiations.
6074    LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
6075
6076  private:
6077    Sema &SemaRef;
6078    bool Invalid;
6079    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6080    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6081                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6082
6083    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6084
6085    InstantiatingTemplate&
6086    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6087  };
6088
6089  void PrintInstantiationStack();
6090
6091  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6092  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6093  /// errors.
6094  ///
6095  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6096  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6097  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6098  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6099  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6100
6101  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6102  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6103  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6104    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6105           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6106    return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6107  }
6108
6109  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6110  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6111  /// deduction.`
6112  class SFINAETrap {
6113    Sema &SemaRef;
6114    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6115    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6116    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6117
6118  public:
6119    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6120      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6121        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6122                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6123        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6124    {
6125      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6126        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6127      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6128    }
6129
6130    ~SFINAETrap() {
6131      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6132      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6133        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6134      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6135    }
6136
6137    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6138    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6139      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6140    }
6141  };
6142
6143  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6144  /// variables.
6145  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6146
6147  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6148  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6149
6150  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6151    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6152
6153  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6154  /// name lookup.
6155  ///
6156  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6157  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6158  /// string represents a keyword.
6159  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6160
6161  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6162  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6163
6164  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6165  ///
6166  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6167  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6168  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6169  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6170  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6171  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6172  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6173
6174  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6175  /// but have not yet been performed.
6176  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6177
6178  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6179  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6180  ///
6181  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6182  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6183  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6184  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6185  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6186
6187  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6188
6189  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6190                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6191                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6192
6193  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6194                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6195                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6196
6197  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6198                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6199                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6200
6201  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6202                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6203                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6204                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6205                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6206                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6207  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6208                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6209                                int indexAdjustment,
6210                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6211                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6212  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6213                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6214                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6215                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6216                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
6217  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6218                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6219
6220  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6221  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6222  ///
6223  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6224  ///
6225  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6226  ///
6227  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6228  /// default arguments will be dropped.
6229  ///
6230  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6231  ///
6232  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6233  ///
6234  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6235  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6236                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6237                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6238
6239  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6240                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6241
6242  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6243                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6244
6245  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6246                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6247                       bool CXXDirectInit);
6248
6249  bool
6250  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6251                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6252                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6253
6254  bool
6255  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6256                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6257                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6258                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6259                   bool Complain = true);
6260
6261  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6262                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6263                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6264                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6265
6266  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6267    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6268    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6269    Decl *NewDecl;
6270
6271    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6272                              Decl *D)
6273      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6274    { }
6275  };
6276  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6277
6278  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6279                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6280                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6281                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6282
6283  bool
6284  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6285                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6286                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6287                           bool Complain = true);
6288
6289  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6290                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6291                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6292                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6293
6294  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6295                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6296                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6297                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6298
6299  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6300  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6301                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6302
6303  DeclarationNameInfo
6304  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6305                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6306  TemplateName
6307  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6308                    SourceLocation Loc,
6309                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6310  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6311             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6312             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6313
6314  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6315                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6316  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6317                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6318                                     bool Recursive = false,
6319                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6320  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6321                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6322                                     VarDecl *Var,
6323                                     bool Recursive = false,
6324                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6325
6326  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6327                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6328                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6329
6330  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6331                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6332  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6333                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6334
6335  // Objective-C declarations.
6336  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6337    OCK_None = -1,
6338    OCK_Interface = 0,
6339    OCK_Protocol,
6340    OCK_Category,
6341    OCK_ClassExtension,
6342    OCK_Implementation,
6343    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6344  };
6345  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6346
6347  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6348                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6349                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6350                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6351                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6352                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6353                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6354                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6355                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6356                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6357
6358  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6359                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6360                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6361                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6362
6363  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6364    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6365    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6366    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6367
6368  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6369                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6370                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6371                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6372                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6373                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6374                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6375
6376  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6377                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6378                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6379                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6380                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6381                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6382                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6383                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6384                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6385
6386  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6387                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6388                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6389                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6390                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6391
6392  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6393                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6394                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6395                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6396                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6397
6398  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6399                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6400
6401  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6402                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6403                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6404                                     unsigned NumElts);
6405
6406  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6407                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6408                                        unsigned NumElts,
6409                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6410
6411  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6412                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6413                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6414                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6415
6416  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6417  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6418  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6419  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6420                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6421                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6422                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6423
6424  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6425  /// setters and getters as needed.
6426  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6427  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6428  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6429  ///        in class extension.
6430  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6431  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6432                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6433                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6434                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6435
6436
6437  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6438                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6439                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6440
6441  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6442                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6443
6444  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6445                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
6446                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
6447                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
6448
6449  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6450                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6451                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6452                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6453                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6454                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6455                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6456
6457  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6458                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6459                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6460                              bool ImplKind,
6461                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6462                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6463                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6464
6465  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6466    OSMK_None,
6467    OSMK_Alloc,
6468    OSMK_New,
6469    OSMK_Copy,
6470    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6471    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6472  };
6473
6474  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6475    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6476    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6477    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6478    // in this case.
6479    ParsedType Type;
6480    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6481
6482    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6483    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6484  };
6485
6486  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6487    Scope *S,
6488    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6489    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6490    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6491    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6492    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6493    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6494    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6495    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6496    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6497    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6498    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6499
6500  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6501                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6502                                              bool IsInstance);
6503  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6504                                           bool IsInstance);
6505
6506  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6507  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6508
6509  ExprResult
6510  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6511                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6512                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6513                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6514                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6515                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6516                            bool Super);
6517
6518  ExprResult
6519  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6520                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6521                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6522                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6523
6524  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6525
6526  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6527  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6528  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6529    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6530    ObjCSuperMessage,
6531    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6532    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6533    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6534    /// name.
6535    ObjCClassMessage
6536  };
6537
6538  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6539                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6540                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6541                                     bool IsSuper,
6542                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6543                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6544
6545  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6546                               Selector Sel,
6547                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6548                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6549                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6550                               MultiExprArg Args);
6551
6552  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6553                               QualType ReceiverType,
6554                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6555                               Selector Sel,
6556                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6557                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6558                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6559                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6560                               MultiExprArg Args,
6561                               bool isImplicit = false);
6562
6563  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6564                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6565                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6566                                       Selector Sel,
6567                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6568                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6569
6570  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6571                               ParsedType Receiver,
6572                               Selector Sel,
6573                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6574                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6575                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6576                               MultiExprArg Args);
6577
6578  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6579                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6580                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6581                                  Selector Sel,
6582                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6583                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6584                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6585                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6586                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6587                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6588
6589  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6590                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6591                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6592                                          Selector Sel,
6593                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6594                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6595
6596  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6597                                  Expr *Receiver,
6598                                  Selector Sel,
6599                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6600                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6601                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6602                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6603
6604  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6605                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6606                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6607                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6608                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6609
6610  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6611                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6612                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6613                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6614                                  ParsedType Type,
6615                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6616                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6617
6618  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6619
6620  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6621  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6622  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6623                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
6624
6625  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6626  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6627    RTC_Compatible,
6628    RTC_Incompatible,
6629    RTC_Unknown
6630  };
6631
6632  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6633                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6634                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6635
6636  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6637    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6638    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6639    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6640    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6641    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6642    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6643  };
6644
6645  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6646  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6647                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6648
6649  enum PragmaPackKind {
6650    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6651    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6652    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6653    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6654  };
6655
6656  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6657    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6658    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6659  };
6660
6661  enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
6662    PCK_Unknown,
6663    PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
6664    PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
6665    PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
6666    PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
6667    PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
6668  };
6669
6670  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6671  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6672                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6673                       Expr *Alignment,
6674                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6675                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6676                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6677
6678  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6679  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6680
6681  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
6682  void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
6683
6684  /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
6685  void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
6686
6687  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6688  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6689                         Scope *curScope,
6690                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6691
6692  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6693  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6694                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6695
6696  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6697                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6698  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6699
6700  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6701  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6702                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6703                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6704
6705  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6706  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6707  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6708                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6709                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6710                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6711                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6712
6713  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6714  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6715                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6716                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6717                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6718                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6719
6720  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6721  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6722  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6723
6724  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6725  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6726  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6727
6728  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6729  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6730
6731  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6732  void FreePackedContext();
6733
6734  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6735  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6736  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6737                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6738
6739  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6740  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6741  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6742
6743  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6744  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6745  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6746
6747  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6748  void FreeVisContext();
6749
6750  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6751  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6752  /// the appropriate attribute.
6753  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6754
6755  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6756  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6757                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6758  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6759                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6760
6761  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
6762  /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
6763  /// threadprivate'.
6764  ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
6765                                     CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
6766                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
6767  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
6768  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
6769                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6770                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
6771  // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
6772  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
6773                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6774                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
6775
6776  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6777  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6778    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6779    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6780    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6781    CCK_CStyleCast,
6782    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6783    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6784    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6785    CCK_OtherCast
6786  };
6787
6788  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6789  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6790  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6791  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6792                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6793                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6794                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6795                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6796
6797  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6798  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6799  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6800
6801  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6802  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6803  /// required.
6804  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6805
6806  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6807  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6808  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6809
6810  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6811  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6812  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6813
6814  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6815  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6816  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6817  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6818
6819  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6820  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6821  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6822  // type.
6823  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6824
6825  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6826  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6827  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6828  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6829
6830  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6831  enum VariadicCallType {
6832    VariadicFunction,
6833    VariadicBlock,
6834    VariadicMethod,
6835    VariadicConstructor,
6836    VariadicDoesNotApply
6837  };
6838
6839  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6840                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6841                                       Expr *Fn);
6842
6843  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6844  // vararg function.
6845  enum VarArgKind {
6846    VAK_Valid,
6847    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6848    VAK_Invalid
6849  };
6850
6851  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6852  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6853
6854  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6855  /// form of call prototypes.
6856  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6857                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6858                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6859                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6860                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6861                              SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
6862                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6863                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
6864                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
6865
6866  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6867  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6868  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6869                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6870
6871  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
6872  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
6873  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
6874
6875  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6876  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6877  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6878  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6879  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6880  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6881                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6882
6883  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6884  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6885  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6886  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6887  /// source and destination type.
6888  enum AssignConvertType {
6889    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6890    Compatible,
6891
6892    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6893    /// accept as an extension.
6894    PointerToInt,
6895
6896    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6897    /// accept as an extension.
6898    IntToPointer,
6899
6900    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6901    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6902    FunctionVoidPointer,
6903
6904    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6905    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6906    IncompatiblePointer,
6907
6908    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6909    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6910    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6911    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6912    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6913
6914    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6915    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6916    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6917
6918    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6919    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6920    /// like address spaces.
6921    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6922
6923    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6924    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6925    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6926    /// extension.
6927    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6928
6929    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6930    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6931    IncompatibleVectors,
6932
6933    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6934    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6935    IntToBlockPointer,
6936
6937    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6938    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6939    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6940
6941    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6942    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6943    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6944    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6945
6946    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6947    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6948    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6949
6950    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6951    /// represent it in the AST.
6952    Incompatible
6953  };
6954
6955  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6956  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6957  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6958  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6959                                SourceLocation Loc,
6960                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6961                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6962                                bool *Complained = 0);
6963
6964  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
6965  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
6966  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6967                              Expr *SrcExpr);
6968
6969  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6970  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6971  /// C99 6.5.16.
6972  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6973                                               QualType LHSType,
6974                                               QualType RHSType);
6975
6976  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6977  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6978  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6979                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6980                                               CastKind &Kind);
6981
6982  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6983  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6984  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6985  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6986                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6987                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6988
6989  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6990  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6991  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6992                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6993
6994  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6995
6996  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6997
6998  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6999                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7000                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
7001  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7002                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7003                                       bool AllowExplicit,
7004                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
7005  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7006                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
7007                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7008                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
7009                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7010  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7011                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
7012                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7013                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7014
7015  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
7016  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
7017
7018  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
7019  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7020                           ExprResult &RHS);
7021  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
7022    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
7023    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
7024  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7025    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
7026    bool IsDivide);
7027  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7028    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7029    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7030  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7031    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7032    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7033  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7034    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7035    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7036  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
7037    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7038    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7039  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
7040    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7041                                bool isRelational);
7042  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
7043    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7044    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7045  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7046    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
7047  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
7048  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
7049  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
7050  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
7051    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
7052
7053  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7054                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
7055  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7056                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
7057                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7058  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
7059  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
7060
7061  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
7062    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7063    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7064  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
7065    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
7066    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
7067  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
7068                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
7069  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
7070                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
7071                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
7072    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
7073    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
7074                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
7075    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
7076    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
7077    return Composite;
7078  }
7079
7080  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7081                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7082
7083  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7084                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7085
7086  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
7087  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7088                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
7089  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
7090  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7091                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
7092  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7093                                      SourceLocation Loc);
7094
7095  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
7096  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7097
7098  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7099
7100  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7101  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7102  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7103  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7104    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7105    /// reference binding is not possible.
7106    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7107    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7108    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7109    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7110    Ref_Related,
7111    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7112    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7113    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7114    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7115    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7116    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7117    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7118    Ref_Compatible
7119  };
7120
7121  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7122                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
7123                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
7124                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
7125                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7126
7127  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7128                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7129                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7130
7131  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7132  /// given type.
7133  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7134
7135  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7136  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7137  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7138                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7139
7140  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7141  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7142  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7143  // returns true if the cast is invalid
7144  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7145                       CastKind &Kind);
7146
7147  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7148  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7149  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7150  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7151  // returns the cast expr
7152  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7153                                CastKind &Kind);
7154
7155  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7156                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7157                                        Expr *CastExpr,
7158                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7159
7160  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7161
7162  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7163  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7164  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7165                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7166                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7167
7168  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7169  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7170
7171  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7172                                             QualType ExprType);
7173
7174  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7175  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7176  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7177  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7178  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7179
7180  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7181  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7182  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7183
7184  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7185  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7186  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7187
7188  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7189  /// \param Method - May be null.
7190  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7191  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7192  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7193                                 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
7194                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7195                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7196                                 bool isSuperMessage,
7197                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7198                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7199
7200  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7201  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7202  /// and the form of the message send.
7203  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7204                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7205                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7206
7207  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7208  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7209  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7210
7211  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7212  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7213  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7214  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7215
7216  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7217  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7218  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7219  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7220  ///
7221  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7222  /// 'if' keyword.
7223  /// \return true iff there were any errors
7224  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7225
7226  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7227                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7228
7229  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7230  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7231  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7232
7233  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7234  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7235  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7236
7237  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7238  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7239
7240  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7241  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7242  /// the specified diagnostic.
7243  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7244                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7245                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7246
7247  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7248  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7249  /// in the global scope.
7250  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7251
7252  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7253  /// expression violations.
7254  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7255  public:
7256    bool Suppress;
7257
7258    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7259
7260    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7261    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7262    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7263  };
7264
7265  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7266  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7267  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7268  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7269                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7270                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7271  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7272                                             unsigned DiagID,
7273                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7274  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
7275
7276  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7277  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7278  /// Returns false on success.
7279  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7280  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7281                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
7282                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7283
7284  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7285    CFT_Device,
7286    CFT_Global,
7287    CFT_Host,
7288    CFT_HostDevice
7289  };
7290
7291  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7292
7293  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7294                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7295
7296  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7297    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7298                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7299  }
7300
7301  /// \name Code completion
7302  //@{
7303  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7304  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7305    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7306    PCC_Namespace,
7307    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7308    PCC_Class,
7309    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7310    /// or category.
7311    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7312    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7313    /// category implementation
7314    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7315    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7316    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7317    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7318    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7319    /// headers.
7320    PCC_Template,
7321    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7322    /// headers within a class.
7323    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7324    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7325    PCC_Expression,
7326    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7327    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7328    PCC_Statement,
7329    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7330    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7331    PCC_ForInit,
7332    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7333    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7334    PCC_Condition,
7335    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7336    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7337    /// in the grammar.
7338    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7339    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7340    PCC_Type,
7341    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7342    /// might also be a type cast.
7343    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7344    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7345    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7346    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7347  };
7348
7349  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7350  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7351                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7352  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7353                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7354                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7355
7356  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7357  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7358                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7359  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7360                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7361                                       bool IsArrow);
7362  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7363  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7364  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7365  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7366  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7367  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7368  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7369  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7370  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7371
7372  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7373                               bool EnteringContext);
7374  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7375  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7376  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7377  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7378  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7379  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
7380                                Decl *Constructor,
7381                                ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
7382
7383  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7384                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7385
7386  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7387  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7388  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7389  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7390  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7391  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7392  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7393  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7394                                   bool IsParameter);
7395  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7396  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7397                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7398                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7399  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7400                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7401                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7402                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7403  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7404                                       ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7405                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7406                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7407  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7408                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7409  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7410                                ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7411  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7412                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7413  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7414  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7415  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7416                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7417                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7418  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7419  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7420                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7421                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7422  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7423                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7424                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7425  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7426  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7427                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7428  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7429                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7430                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7431  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7432                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7433                                          bool AtParameterName,
7434                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7435                                          ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7436  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7437  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7438  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7439  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7440  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7441                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7442                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7443                                             unsigned Argument);
7444  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7445  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7446                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7447                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7448  //@}
7449
7450  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7451  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7452
7453public:
7454  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7455                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7456
7457private:
7458  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7459                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7460                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7461  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7462  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7463  // FunctionDeclaration.
7464  struct FormatStringInfo {
7465    unsigned FormatIdx;
7466    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7467    bool HasVAListArg;
7468  };
7469
7470  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7471                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7472  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7473                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7474  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7475                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
7476  bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7477                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7478  bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7479  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7480                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7481                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7482                            SourceLocation Loc);
7483
7484  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7485                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7486                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7487                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7488
7489
7490  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7491
7492  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7493  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7494  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7495
7496  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7497  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7498  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7499
7500public:
7501  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7502  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7503
7504private:
7505  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7506  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7507  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7508  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7509  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7510                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7511  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7512                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7513
7514  enum FormatStringType {
7515    FST_Scanf,
7516    FST_Printf,
7517    FST_NSString,
7518    FST_Strftime,
7519    FST_Strfmon,
7520    FST_Kprintf,
7521    FST_Unknown
7522  };
7523  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7524
7525  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
7526    SLCT_NotALiteral,
7527    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
7528    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
7529  };
7530
7531  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
7532                                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7533                                               bool HasVAListArg,
7534                                               unsigned format_idx,
7535                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
7536                                               FormatStringType Type,
7537                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
7538                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
7539
7540  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7541                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
7542                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7543                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7544                         VariadicCallType CallType);
7545
7546  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
7547                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7548                            bool IsCXXMember,
7549                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7550                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
7551  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7552                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7553                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7554                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7555                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
7556
7557  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7558                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7559                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7560
7561  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7562                               unsigned BId,
7563                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7564
7565  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7566                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7567
7568  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7569                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7570
7571  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7572                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7573  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7574  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7575  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
7576  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
7577
7578  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
7579  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
7580  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
7581                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
7582
7583  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7584                                   Expr *Init);
7585
7586public:
7587  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7588  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7589                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7590                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7591
7592  struct TypeTagData {
7593    TypeTagData() {}
7594
7595    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7596        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7597        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7598    {}
7599
7600    QualType Type;
7601
7602    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7603    /// layout-compatibility.
7604    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7605    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7606  };
7607
7608  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7609  /// identifies the magic value.
7610  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7611
7612private:
7613  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7614  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7615      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7616
7617  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7618  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7619  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7620                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7621
7622  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7623  ///
7624  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7625  Scope *CurScope;
7626
7627  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
7628  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
7629
7630protected:
7631  friend class Parser;
7632  friend class InitializationSequence;
7633  friend class ASTReader;
7634  friend class ASTWriter;
7635
7636public:
7637  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7638  ///
7639  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7640  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7641  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7642  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7643  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7644  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7645  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7646
7647  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
7648  IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
7649
7650  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7651
7652  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7653    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7654  }
7655
7656  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7657
7658  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7659    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7660    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7661    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7662      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7663    return DC;
7664  }
7665};
7666
7667/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7668class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7669  Sema &Actions;
7670
7671public:
7672  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7673                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7674                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7675                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7676    : Actions(Actions) {
7677    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7678                                            IsDecltype);
7679  }
7680  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7681                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7682                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7683                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7684    : Actions(Actions) {
7685    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7686                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7687                                            IsDecltype);
7688  }
7689
7690  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7691    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7692  }
7693};
7694
7695}  // end namespace clang
7696
7697#endif
7698